List of Events
Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version

to   


Friday June 24, 2022
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM    Kickball World Series
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    staff picnic
 
2:30 PM - 9:30 PM    Bristol Blues Games
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Family Event
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2022
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Entering Grade 8-11) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th-11th grade (so boys currently in 7th-10 grade at the time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular-season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league is capped at 84 players. Please note that we have filled to capacity the past few summers, so please do not wait to register. Once we reach 84 players, any additional players who register will be placed on a wait list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. COVID-19 protocols: Players will not share equipment. If any players are in need of equipment (i.e. helmet, catcher's gear etc.) please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 11th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season, are also encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Baseball practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
Saturday June 25, 2022
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM    Saturday Sweat Sessions (Adult Fitness) - Saturday Sweat Session - Summer Session 1
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:This class offers a fun, upbeat full body workout. A combination of different workouts and muscle groups will be targeted to ensure that you get the most out of this program. This class is geared towards building cardiovascular fitness while improving muscular strength and endurance. This program is designed for all fitness levels, and will help improve your overall fitness by building muscle, burning fat, and boosting overall health. Program Benefits:- Improved Cardiovascular Fitness- Increased Strength- Increased ConfidenceAbout the Instructor:Divya Rajadhilipkumar is a Group Fitness Director and Site Director for a local fitness facility. Divya's career started as an athlete in high school. She went on to graduate from college as a Microbiologist. Her passion for fitness has resulted in certifications to teach a wide variety of classes including strength training, cariod, bootcamp, kickboxing, and a variety of senior programs. Divya also teaches classes for the aquatics division. 
 
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM    Pine Wood Derby Fundraiser
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Page Pool (9:00 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Rockwell Pool (9:00 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Rockwell Pool (9:00 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PCA Page Park Pool - (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PCA Rockwell Pool - (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Page Park Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM    Senior Chair Fitness - Chair Fitness - Summer Session 1
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:This program is a low impact class designed to prevent injuries while increasing muscle strength and energy levels. This 45 minute class focuses on cardiovascular aerobics, strength building, relaxing stretches using an exercise ball and resistance bands, hand held weights and a chair for those who prefer seated exercises and need additional support standing. This program is suitable for seniors of all fitness levels.Program Benefits:- Improved Cardiovascular Fitness- Increased Strength- Increased Eneregy- Improved FlexibilityAbout the Instructor:Divya Rajadhilipkumar is a Group Fitness Director and Site Director for a local fitness facility. Divya's career started as an athlete in high school. She went on to graduate from college as a Microbiologist. Her passion for fitness has resulted in certifications to teach a wide variety of classes including strength training, cariod, bootcamp, kickboxing, and a variety of senior programs. Divya also teaches classes for the aquatics division. 
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Family Reunion
 
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM    Bristol Bell City Barnstormers
 
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM    Cricket
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Page Pool (9:45 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Rockwell Pool (9:45 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Page Pool (9:45 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Page Park Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 3 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM    Youth Training & Conditioning - Youth Training & Conditioning - Summer Session 1
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description: Is your child active enough? Are you looking for new ways to get your child moving? Would you like to improve your child's sports performance? The BPRYCS Youth Training & Conditioning program focuses on fun ways to improve your child's coordination, build endurance and strength, as well as improve flexibility through exercises that are easy to follow. This program is a great step to get participants started on a lifestyle of healthy living. This program is for participants of all skill levels and abilities.Program Benefits:- Improved Coordination- Prolonged Endurance- Increased Strength- Improved FlexibilityAbout the Instructor:Divya Rajadhilipkumar is a Group Fitness Director and Site Director for a local fitness facility. Divya's career started as an athlete in high school. She went on to graduate from college as a Microbiologist. Her passion for fitness has resulted in certifications to teach a wide variety of classes including strength training, cariod, bootcamp, kickboxing, and a variety of senior programs. Divya also teaches classes for the aquatics division. 
 
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Nurse Pinning Ceremony
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Page Pool (10:30 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Page Pool (10:30 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Rockwell Pool (10:30 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PCA Page Pool - (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PCA Rockwell Pool - (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 3 Page Park Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 3 Rockwell Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM    American Legion Juniors - Regular Season
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Page Pool (11:15 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Rockwell Pool (11:15 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Page Pool (11:15 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 3 Page Park Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM    Summer Specialized Swim Lessons (Ages 5+) - Specialized Page Park Pool
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860)584-3837. 
 
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM    Summer Specialized Swim Lessons (Ages 5+) - Specialized Rockwell Park Pool
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860)584-3837. 
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Kickball Game/picnic
 
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Birthday Party
 
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Birthday Party
 
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Graduation Party
 
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Birthday Party
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Birthday Party
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Birthday Party
 
2:00 PM - 8:00 PM    BLL
 
2:30 PM - 9:30 PM    Bristol Blues Games
 
Sunday June 26, 2022
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - Men's 40 and Over Spring Softball League
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services will once again be running a 40-and-Over Men’s Softball League for individuals 40 & older this spring on Mix St. and Casey Field in Bristol. The season will run from April 10th - to late June. Each team is guaranteed 18 regular-season games (9 doubleheaders), and all teams make the playoffs. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix St. or Casey Field and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Teams will either play at 9+10am OR 11am+12pm.Note: We are only able to admit 6 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first-come, first-served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks and Rec. Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined with another group to form a full team.
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    BLL
 
11:45 AM - 7:00 PM    American Legion - June
 
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Torres Birthday Party
 
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Kid birthday
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Softball
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League (Team Practices)
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2022
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Entering Grade 8-11) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th-11th grade (so boys currently in 7th-10 grade at the time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular-season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league is capped at 84 players. Please note that we have filled to capacity the past few summers, so please do not wait to register. Once we reach 84 players, any additional players who register will be placed on a wait list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. COVID-19 protocols: Players will not share equipment. If any players are in need of equipment (i.e. helmet, catcher's gear etc.) please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 11th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season, are also encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
Monday June 27, 2022
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Splash Swim Team 2022 (Ages: 9-18) - Summer Splash Team 2022 AM Session
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuously The Splash Summer Swim Team will compete against other area teams in the Central Connecticut Swim League. Typically , Meets are held within 2 divisions. The Junior Division is broken down into the following age groups:9 and upNew this year is an AM and PM session. These two time offerings are separate and must be registered for separately. The times are not interchangeable, swimmers must attend the time that they register for. Splash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.comBPRD is proud to announce our new affiliation with USA Swimming! Our swimmers will now have the opportunity to join USA Swimming and compete at USA Swimming sanctioned meets and events. 
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Week 1
Summer Fun (1-3) Camp Phone Number: 860-937-4141.Summer Fun (1-3) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Week 1
Summer Fun (4-6) Camp Phone Number: 860-936-6833.Summer Fun (4-6) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp. 
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Teen Adventure Camp (Ages: 12-15) - Teen Adventure Camp - Week 1
Teen Adventure Camp Phone Number: 860-993-3211.Teen Adventure Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ages 12-15 years. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Space are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp. 
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2022
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Entering Grade 8-11) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th-11th grade (so boys currently in 7th-10 grade at the time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular-season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league is capped at 84 players. Please note that we have filled to capacity the past few summers, so please do not wait to register. Once we reach 84 players, any additional players who register will be placed on a wait list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. COVID-19 protocols: Players will not share equipment. If any players are in need of equipment (i.e. helmet, catcher's gear etc.) please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 11th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season, are also encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM    Volleyball
 
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Summer Session I
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Cricket
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Diamond Kings Baseball
 
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM    Sheriden Woods Softball Practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
5:40 PM - 6:40 PM    Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball (Ages: 4-6) - Mini Hawk Camp - Summer Session I
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:This multi-sport program gives children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) a positive first step into athletics. The essentials of each sport are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination and skill development at their own pace.
 
5:45 PM - 10:00 PM    American Legion - June
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pick up games/practice for CT Bandits girls basketball team
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Adult Co-Ed Pickleball - Adult Pickleball - Summer Session 1
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description: The game of Pickleball combines elements of tennis, ping-pong and badminton. The rules are simple and the game is easy to learn, but can develop into a quick, fast-paced, competitive game for experienced players. The sport of Pickleball is become increasingly popular throughout the world. About the Instructor:Instructor Alicia Palmisano is a certfied PE and Health Teacher in Manchester, CT. Alicia holds many certifications, including CPR/First Aid, AED, Medical Administration, and Physical Management Training (PMT). Alicia has participated in many sports and has been with the BPRYCS department for over eight years as both a Camp Director and Program Instructor. ALL PARTICIPANTS MUST ENTER THOUGH THE BACK ENTRANCE OF THE BUILDING.
 
Tuesday June 28, 2022
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Splash Swim Team 2022 (Ages: 9-18) - Summer Splash Team 2022 AM Session
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuously The Splash Summer Swim Team will compete against other area teams in the Central Connecticut Swim League. Typically , Meets are held within 2 divisions. The Junior Division is broken down into the following age groups:9 and upNew this year is an AM and PM session. These two time offerings are separate and must be registered for separately. The times are not interchangeable, swimmers must attend the time that they register for. Splash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.comBPRD is proud to announce our new affiliation with USA Swimming! Our swimmers will now have the opportunity to join USA Swimming and compete at USA Swimming sanctioned meets and events. 
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Bristol Bell City Barnstormers
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Week 1
Summer Fun (1-3) Camp Phone Number: 860-937-4141.Summer Fun (1-3) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Week 1
Summer Fun (4-6) Camp Phone Number: 860-936-6833.Summer Fun (4-6) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp. 
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Teen Adventure Camp (Ages: 12-15) - Teen Adventure Camp - Week 1
Teen Adventure Camp Phone Number: 860-993-3211.Teen Adventure Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ages 12-15 years. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Space are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp. 
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Tinkergarten
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Field Daze - Field Daze - Week 1
Field Daze is a 6 week fun summer program for Bristol youth ages 11-14 to help beat the summer boredom blues! Meet new friends, have fun and stay connected over the summer! Enjoy games, activities, swimming and exciting field trips! Tuesdays and Thursdays starting June 28th - August 11th. No session 7/5 & 7/11. You may register for one or multiple week sessions. Contact Alyson or Kyana at Bristol Youth and Community Services 860-314-4690 for more information or to register via phone.Field Trips are scheduled every Tuesday to include activities* such as bowling, hiking, biking, roller skating, and more. Participants will be swimming every Thursday (weather permitting**). *All Activities are subject to change **Alternative activities will be scheduled if the pool is closed due to weather.Week 1: Bowling at Bristol Spare time (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 2: New Britain Bee's Baseball game (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 3: Mini golfing (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 4: Roller skating at Roller Magic (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 5: Lake Compounce (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 6: Collinsville Biking Trail (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League (Games)
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2022
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Entering Grade 8-11) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th-11th grade (so boys currently in 7th-10 grade at the time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular-season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league is capped at 84 players. Please note that we have filled to capacity the past few summers, so please do not wait to register. Once we reach 84 players, any additional players who register will be placed on a wait list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. COVID-19 protocols: Players will not share equipment. If any players are in need of equipment (i.e. helmet, catcher's gear etc.) please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 11th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season, are also encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
4:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2022
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Entering Grade 8-11) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th-11th grade (so boys currently in 7th-10 grade at the time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular-season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league is capped at 84 players. Please note that we have filled to capacity the past few summers, so please do not wait to register. Once we reach 84 players, any additional players who register will be placed on a wait list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. COVID-19 protocols: Players will not share equipment. If any players are in need of equipment (i.e. helmet, catcher's gear etc.) please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 11th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season, are also encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Summer Session I
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.
 
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Nitro Softball
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
5:40 PM - 6:40 PM    Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball (Ages: 4-6) - Mini Hawk Camp - Summer Session I
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:This multi-sport program gives children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) a positive first step into athletics. The essentials of each sport are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination and skill development at their own pace.
 
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Special Needs Bowling & Social Program - Adult Special Needs Bowling - Summer Session 1
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department offers a Special Needs Bowling program for individuals 6 & older in both the summer and winter. This is a fun opportunity to enjoy bowling and time with friends. Fee: $8 to be brought with participant to the bowling alley each meeting.
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Volleyball Games
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Volleyball Games
 
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM    Summer Water Exercise 2022 (Ages 18+) - T/R PM High-Intensity Aqua Aerobics at Page Pool w/ Divya
Adult Water Exercise classes are offered throughout the year with a variety of levels for all abilities. The benefits of water exercise are endless...We program for all ages and abilities.Low Impact Classes- Water Walking, Low Impact AerobicsMid- Range Impact Classes- Aqua AerobicsHigh Energy/Cardio Classes- Muscle Building, Aqua Intensity, Aqua Zumba, Aqua Boot CampAqua Boot Camp - High intensity combination class of water exercise, on-land elements and swimming workouts. Workout can be modified to any ability!For any questions on classes don't hesitate to call the front desk 860-584-3837 or the Aquatics Supervisor at jaimieclout@bristolct.gov** Please note that these schedules are subject to change **
 
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM    Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Mass-Conn-Fusion
Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:00 - 8:00 pm beginning June 21st - opening acts perform from 6:00 - 6:20 & main acts go on 6:30 pm.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Pop, Funk, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Bring your family & friends, blankets & chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.Join us every Tuesday evening beginning June 21st, for incredible live music by your favorite local area bands! We'll be featuring a different local food truck every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. Sponsored in part by the Bristol West End Association
 
7:00 PM - 11:00 PM    Men's 18+ Weeknight Softball League - Men's Spring Softball League 2022: Team Registration
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services will once again be running a Men's Softball League for individuals 18 & older this spring on Mix St. in Bristol. The season is scheduled to run from the week of April 18th through the week of June 27th (10 weeks of regular season, plus a week of playoffs). Each team is guaranteed 20 regular season games (10 doubleheaders), and the top 8 teams (out of 10) make the playoffs. Games will take place Monday-Thursday evenings at Mix St. in Bristol and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Games will typically start at 7 and 8pm. Some games may be played at Casey Field in Bristol, and some start times may moved to 6 and 7pm or 8 and 9pm depending on the scheduling of make-up games. Make-ups may also be played on Fridays when necessary.Note: We are only able to admit 10 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first come, first served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined withanother group to form a full team.
 
Wednesday June 29, 2022
12:00 AM - 12:00 PM    Pen Pal Explorers - Pen Pal Kits
Pen Pal Explorer Kits are a fun way to stay connected to others from home. Put down the electronics, make a new friend, and be creative this summer! Pen Pal Explorer Kits are $15 and each child will be given a Pen Pal Kit to include: Pens & pencils Stickers Notepad and paper envelopes Pen Pal Explorer folder Children will be assigned a pen pal in town to connect with, get to know, and share interests back and forth through written letters or pictures. Share your favorite summer activity, something fun you are looking forward too or have done so far, or ask questions to learn more about your new pen pal!To preserve privacy: Only first names and last initial will be shared with your pen pal. No addresses will be shared, either. Letters will be deposited in the designated mailbox at the Bristol Youth and Community Services building (51 High Street). BPRYCS staff will address and send letters to pen pals. Update: Due to orders not arriving on schedule, Pen Pal kits will be picked up between 6/15/22-6/22/22. Specific date and time TBD and will be sent out to those participating. Happy writing!  
 
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Splash Swim Team 2022 (Ages: 9-18) - Summer Splash Team 2022 AM Session
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuously The Splash Summer Swim Team will compete against other area teams in the Central Connecticut Swim League. Typically , Meets are held within 2 divisions. The Junior Division is broken down into the following age groups:9 and upNew this year is an AM and PM session. These two time offerings are separate and must be registered for separately. The times are not interchangeable, swimmers must attend the time that they register for. Splash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.comBPRD is proud to announce our new affiliation with USA Swimming! Our swimmers will now have the opportunity to join USA Swimming and compete at USA Swimming sanctioned meets and events. 
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM    Teen Adventure Camp (Ages: 12-15) - Teen Adventure Camp - Week 1
Teen Adventure Camp Phone Number: 860-993-3211.Teen Adventure Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ages 12-15 years. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Space are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp. 
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Week 1
Summer Fun (1-3) Camp Phone Number: 860-937-4141.Summer Fun (1-3) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Week 1
Summer Fun (4-6) Camp Phone Number: 860-936-6833.Summer Fun (4-6) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp. 
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Tinkergarten
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
2:30 PM - 9:30 PM    Bristol Blues Games
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2022
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Entering Grade 8-11) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th-11th grade (so boys currently in 7th-10 grade at the time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular-season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league is capped at 84 players. Please note that we have filled to capacity the past few summers, so please do not wait to register. Once we reach 84 players, any additional players who register will be placed on a wait list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. COVID-19 protocols: Players will not share equipment. If any players are in need of equipment (i.e. helmet, catcher's gear etc.) please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 11th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season, are also encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Summer Session I
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    American Legion Juniors - Regular Season
 
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Volleyball Practice
 
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM    Intro to Mountain Biking - Intro to Mountain Biking
Program Description:Join this exciting new program that is geared towards learning to mountain bike and showing participants how to have the most fun on the trails while staying safe. This class is for beginners new to the sport that are looking to take things to the next level without the guesswork and hardships of trial and error. This program will cover bike set up and safety, riding positions, braking, shifting (if applicable), cornering, balance, front wheel lifts, and basic trail safety.Equipment:A fully functioning bike that is intended for trail use with trail tires, fully functioning brakes (no coaster style breaks) and flat pedals. Participants should come equipped with sneakers and an appropriately sized bicycle helmet. If you need assistance procuring the necessary equipment, please reach out to Recreation Supervisor Amry Shelby at amryshelby@bristolct.gov.About the Instructor:This program is lead by one of the founding members of Bike Bristol, Mike Seery. Mike was an integral part of the construction of a small inner city tail system, including the Rockwell Park Pump Park. Mike is an active member of his local NEMBA chapter and helped with signage for the Nassagehon trail network in Burlington, CT. Mike has become adept as a bike mechanic and enjoys learning about new products and bike designs.
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
5:40 PM - 6:40 PM    Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball (Ages: 4-6) - Mini Hawk Camp - Summer Session I
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:This multi-sport program gives children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) a positive first step into athletics. The essentials of each sport are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination and skill development at their own pace.
 
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pick up games/practice for CT Bandits girls basketball team
 
6:00 PM - 10:30 PM    Bristol Co-Ed Softball
 
8:30 PM - 10:30 PM    Bristol Co-Ed Softball
 
Thursday June 30, 2022
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Splash Swim Team 2022 (Ages: 9-18) - Summer Splash Team 2022 AM Session
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuously The Splash Summer Swim Team will compete against other area teams in the Central Connecticut Swim League. Typically , Meets are held within 2 divisions. The Junior Division is broken down into the following age groups:9 and upNew this year is an AM and PM session. These two time offerings are separate and must be registered for separately. The times are not interchangeable, swimmers must attend the time that they register for. Splash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.comBPRD is proud to announce our new affiliation with USA Swimming! Our swimmers will now have the opportunity to join USA Swimming and compete at USA Swimming sanctioned meets and events. 
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM    Teen Adventure Camp (Ages: 12-15) - Teen Adventure Camp - Week 1
Teen Adventure Camp Phone Number: 860-993-3211.Teen Adventure Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ages 12-15 years. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School. Space are limited and are expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp. 
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Week 1
Summer Fun (1-3) Camp Phone Number: 860-937-4141.Summer Fun (1-3) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Week 1
Summer Fun (4-6) Camp Phone Number: 860-936-6833.Summer Fun (4-6) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp. 
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Tinkergarten
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Field Daze - Field Daze - Week 1
Field Daze is a 6 week fun summer program for Bristol youth ages 11-14 to help beat the summer boredom blues! Meet new friends, have fun and stay connected over the summer! Enjoy games, activities, swimming and exciting field trips! Tuesdays and Thursdays starting June 28th - August 11th. No session 7/5 & 7/11. You may register for one or multiple week sessions. Contact Alyson or Kyana at Bristol Youth and Community Services 860-314-4690 for more information or to register via phone.Field Trips are scheduled every Tuesday to include activities* such as bowling, hiking, biking, roller skating, and more. Participants will be swimming every Thursday (weather permitting**). *All Activities are subject to change **Alternative activities will be scheduled if the pool is closed due to weather.Week 1: Bowling at Bristol Spare time (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 2: New Britain Bee's Baseball game (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 3: Mini golfing (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 4: Roller skating at Roller Magic (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 5: Lake Compounce (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)Week 6: Collinsville Biking Trail (Tuesday) & Swimming at Page Park Pool (Thursday)
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM    Book Mobile
 
4:00 PM - 4:40 PM    Gymnastics at FLIPS - Gymnastics Fun (9-12 YO) - Summer Session 1
Important Address Change:Please note that the address for FLIPS Gymnastics Center has changed. Starting June 27th, FLIPS will be located at 58 Container Drive, Terryville, 06786.Program Description:This program offers participants an introduction to the exciting sport of gymnastics. Our gymnastic classes encourages whole body exercises, including development in strength, flexibility and coordination. Classes are structured and allow for participants to socialize with others in a fun and controlled environment.What to Wear:All participants are required to wear leotards with or without gymnastics shorts. Male students should dress in shorts and a t-shirt. No zippers, belts, skirts, shows, socks, jewelry, watches or gum is allowed. Long hair must be tied back.
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League (Games)
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2022
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Entering Grade 8-11) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th-11th grade (so boys currently in 7th-10 grade at the time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular-season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league is capped at 84 players. Please note that we have filled to capacity the past few summers, so please do not wait to register. Once we reach 84 players, any additional players who register will be placed on a wait list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. COVID-19 protocols: Players will not share equipment. If any players are in need of equipment (i.e. helmet, catcher's gear etc.) please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 11th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season, are also encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
4:15 PM - 9:00 PM    American Legion - June
 
4:45 PM - 5:30 PM    Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Summer Session I
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.
 
5:00 PM - 5:40 PM    Gymnastics at FLIPS - Gymnastics Fun (3-4 YO) - Summer Session 1
Important Address Change:Please note that the address for FLIPS Gymnastics Center has changed. Starting June 27th, FLIPS will be located at 58 Container Drive, Terryville, 06786.Program Description:This program offers participants an introduction to the exciting sport of gymnastics. Our gymnastic classes encourages whole body exercises, including development in strength, flexibility and coordination. Classes are structured and allow for participants to socialize with others in a fun and controlled environment.What to Wear:All participants are required to wear leotards with or without gymnastics shorts. Male students should dress in shorts and a t-shirt. No zippers, belts, skirts, shows, socks, jewelry, watches or gum is allowed. Long hair must be tied back.
 
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Nitro Softball
 
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Cricket practice
 
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM    Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows - Un-mounted Horsemanship - Summer Session 1
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services is happy to partner with Shepard Meadows in Bristol to offer un-mounted horsemanship lessons to the community. Our un-mounted horsemanship program teaches horse skills such as grooming, tacking, and leading but also provides opportunities to challenge participants to persevere, problem solve, communicate and promotes the development of self-esteem. A growing body of research demonstrates that teaching horsemanship skills can promote emotion and social well-being in participants, serve as character education, and promote the social skills and leadership in youth and children, in particular. This is not a riding program, but you will be working hands on with one of Shepard Meadow's wonderful horses. Shepard Meadows is located at 733 Hill Street in Bristol.Please complete the documents in the forms section and bring them with you to the first class. 
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    T-Ball
 
5:40 PM - 6:40 PM    Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball (Ages: 4-6) - Mini Hawk Camp - Summer Session I
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:This multi-sport program gives children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) a positive first step into athletics. The essentials of each sport are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination and skill development at their own pace.
 
6:00 PM - 6:40 PM    Gymnastics at FLIPS - Gymnastics Fun (5-8 YO) - Summer Session 1
Important Address Change:Please note that the address for FLIPS Gymnastics Center has changed. Starting June 27th, FLIPS will be located at 58 Container Drive, Terryville, 06786.Program Description:This program offers participants an introduction to the exciting sport of gymnastics. Our gymnastic classes encourages whole body exercises, including development in strength, flexibility and coordination. Classes are structured and allow for participants to socialize with others in a fun and controlled environment.What to Wear:All participants are required to wear leotards with or without gymnastics shorts. Male students should dress in shorts and a t-shirt. No zippers, belts, skirts, shows, socks, jewelry, watches or gum is allowed. Long hair must be tied back.
 
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM    Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreational Division - Summer Session
Mask Policy:Effective immediately, masks will no longer be required in any City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services facilities, programs and office spaces regardless of a person's vaccination status. Anyone that would prefer to continue wearing masks are welcome to do so, but it is not a requirement for participation.Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings.Teams of 4-8 participants are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to set onto the courts.
 
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM    Summer Water Exercise 2022 (Ages 18+) - T/R PM High-Intensity Aqua Aerobics at Page Pool w/ Divya
Adult Water Exercise classes are offered throughout the year with a variety of levels for all abilities. The benefits of water exercise are endless...We program for all ages and abilities.Low Impact Classes- Water Walking, Low Impact AerobicsMid- Range Impact Classes- Aqua AerobicsHigh Energy/Cardio Classes- Muscle Building, Aqua Intensity, Aqua Zumba, Aqua Boot CampAqua Boot Camp - High intensity combination class of water exercise, on-land elements and swimming workouts. Workout can be modified to any ability!For any questions on classes don't hesitate to call the front desk 860-584-3837 or the Aquatics Supervisor at jaimieclout@bristolct.gov** Please note that these schedules are subject to change **
 
7:00 PM - 11:00 PM    Men's 18+ Weeknight Softball League - Men's Spring Softball League 2022: Team Registration
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services will once again be running a Men's Softball League for individuals 18 & older this spring on Mix St. in Bristol. The season is scheduled to run from the week of April 18th through the week of June 27th (10 weeks of regular season, plus a week of playoffs). Each team is guaranteed 20 regular season games (10 doubleheaders), and the top 8 teams (out of 10) make the playoffs. Games will take place Monday-Thursday evenings at Mix St. in Bristol and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Games will typically start at 7 and 8pm. Some games may be played at Casey Field in Bristol, and some start times may moved to 6 and 7pm or 8 and 9pm depending on the scheduling of make-up games. Make-ups may also be played on Fridays when necessary.Note: We are only able to admit 10 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first come, first served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined withanother group to form a full team.
 
Friday July 1, 2022
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Splash Swim Team 2022 (Ages: 9-18) - Summer Splash Team 2022 AM Session
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuously The Splash Summer Swim Team will compete against other area teams in the Central Connecticut Swim League. Typically , Meets are held within 2 divisions. The Junior Division is broken down into the following age groups:9 and upNew this year is an AM and PM session. These two time offerings are separate and must be registered for separately. The times are not interchangeable, swimmers must attend the time that they register for. Splash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.comBPRD is proud to announce our new affiliation with USA Swimming! Our swimmers will now have the opportunity to join USA Swimming and compete at USA Swimming sanctioned meets and events. 
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) Before Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Week 1
Summer Fun (1-3) Camp Phone Number: 860-937-4141.Summer Fun (1-3) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
 
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Week 1
Summer Fun (4-6) Camp Phone Number: 860-936-6833.Summer Fun (4-6) Camp phone will be active beginning Monday, June 27th. Program Description:Summer Fun Camp provides children with the opportunity to engage in fun and informative activities, while forming new friendships with other children and positive relationships with camp staff. We encourage children of all abilities within camp to participate in activities and experiences that strive to benefit the camper's emotional, physical and social well-being. Summer Fun Camp is packed with entertainment, field trips, and special guests to keep campers engaged. Our staff strives to provide each camper a lifetime experience while providing a fun and safe environment. Please check out the Camp Handbook and Camp Theme Weeks under the forms section of this program for more information regarding Summer Fun Camp. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. WE DO NOT TAKE GROUP OR PLACEMENT REQUESTS. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Thursday prior to the session's (Summer Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp starts June 27. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Summer Fun Camp will be on Thursday, June 23 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Summer Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp. 
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM    Tinkergarten
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6mos-4) - PCA - Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating our classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 1-3) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM    Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) - Before & After Care - Summer Fun Camp (Grades 4-6) After Care - Week 1
Registration for residents opens April 12th. Registration for non-residents opens May 12th.Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services understands that some individuals may need childcare outside of the regular schedule camp times. We are happy to offer Before and After Care at our Summer Fun Camp location. Parents and guardians are able to register for Before Care only, After Care only, or both Before and After Care based on their needs. The price for a single Before or After Care session is $20 for 1 week. The price to sign up for both Before and After Care is $40 for 1 week. There are limited before and after care spots available, and registration for these spots are on a first come, first served basis. Please make sure that you are also registered for the corresponding summer camp week.Before Care Hours: 8:00 am - 9:00 amAfter Care Hours: 3:00 pm - 4:00 pm
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2022
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Entering Grade 8-11) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th-11th grade (so boys currently in 7th-10 grade at the time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular-season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league is capped at 84 players. Please note that we have filled to capacity the past few summers, so please do not wait to register. Once we reach 84 players, any additional players who register will be placed on a wait list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. COVID-19 protocols: Players will not share equipment. If any players are in need of equipment (i.e. helmet, catcher's gear etc.) please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 11th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season, are also encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
4:15 PM - 10:30 PM    American Legion - July
 
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM    Baseball practice
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM    BGLLS
 
Saturday July 2, 2022
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Page Pool (9:00 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Rockwell Pool (9:00 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Rockwell Pool (9:00 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PCA Page Park Pool - (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PCA Rockwell Pool - (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Page Park Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (9:00am-9:30am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM    Barnstormers
 
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM    Cricket
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Page Pool (9:45 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Rockwell Pool (9:45 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Page Pool (9:45 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Page Park Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 3 Rockwell Pool- (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Page Pool (10:30 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Page Pool (10:30 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Rockwell Pool (10:30 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PCA Page Pool - (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PCA Rockwell Pool - (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 3 Page Park Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 3 Rockwell Pool- (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM    Birthday party
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Page Pool (11:15 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1 - Rockwell Pool (11:15 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-6 Rockwell Pool, Page Pool & Dennis Malone Aquatics Center (Saturdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2 - Page Pool (11:15 am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.**No classes on Saturday, July 4th 2020**
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 1 Rockwell Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Page Park Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 2 Rockwell Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM    Summer Parent and Child & Pre-School 1-3 Swim (Saturdays) (Ages: 6mos-6) - PSA 3 Page Park Pool- (11:15am-11:45am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions:All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Currently, we are not designating Parent and Child classes as "PCA1" or "PCA2", the information is below so that participants can gain an understanding of the content taught within the class. All PCA classes are tailored to each participants experience.  (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions: (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
11:30 AM - 3:30 PM    Private Rental
 
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM    Summer Specialized Swim Lessons (Ages 5+) - Specialized Page Park Pool
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860)584-3837. 
 
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM    Summer Specialized Swim Lessons (Ages 5+) - Specialized Rockwell Park Pool
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $55 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860)584-3837. 
 
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Birthday Party
 
2:30 PM - 9:30 PM    Bristol Blues Games
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Baby Shower
 
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Birthday Party
 
Sunday July 3, 2022
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM    Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - Men's 40 and Over Spring Softball League
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services will once again be running a 40-and-Over Men’s Softball League for individuals 40 & older this spring on Mix St. and Casey Field in Bristol. The season will run from April 10th - to late June. Each team is guaranteed 18 regular-season games (9 doubleheaders), and all teams make the playoffs. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix St. or Casey Field and each team will have one doubleheader every week. Teams will either play at 9+10am OR 11am+12pm.Note: We are only able to admit 6 teams into the spring league, so do not wait to register. Registration is first-come, first-served. Fee is $800 in total for a team, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full ($800) when they register online or at the Parks and Rec Office, or they can choose to just pay the $200 deposit to reserve their spot in the league but a team representative must submit the other $600 payment to the Parks and Rec. Office before their first game.The winning team will receive championship t-shirts.Please note: We are only taking team registrations currently. If you are an individual looking to join a team, please contact Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org  If you have a group of players but not enough for a full team, reach out to Shawn to see if you could be combined with another group to form a full team.
 
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM    Diamond Kings
 
9:00 AM - 5:00 PM    60 birthday
 
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM    Birthday Party
 
1:30 PM - 9:30 PM    Bristol Blues Games
 
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM    Softball
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League (Team Practices)
 
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM    Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2022
Pony League Baseball (for Boys Entering Grade 8-11) Bristol Parks and Recreation Department’s Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th-11th grade (so boys currently in 7th-10 grade at the time of registration). Pony League will run from mid-June to mid-August, and teams will play 15+ regular-season games and all teams make the playoffs. Teams will play two games a week and have at least one practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends at local fields (Riley Field, Page Park, Muzzy Field). Team schedules will be handed out as soon as they become available. Contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org if you have any questions.  Fee: Registration is $65. The league is capped at 84 players. Please note that we have filled to capacity the past few summers, so please do not wait to register. Once we reach 84 players, any additional players who register will be placed on a wait list. Register online at www.bristolrec.com. Please note: Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion,  AAU) must still register for Pony League in order to ensure a spot on a team. Players that make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration. COVID-19 protocols: Players will not share equipment. If any players are in need of equipment (i.e. helmet, catcher's gear etc.) please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina. Pony League “Try-Outs” will be held on Saturday, June 11th at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season, are also encouraged to attend. Tryouts will begin at 4pm and end by 5:30pm. Players must also bring their own equipment.
 
6:00 PM - 11:00 PM    Bristol Blues Fireworks
 
Monday July 4, 2022
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 1 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 1- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 2- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2 and 3 Swim Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM    Summer Pre-School Aquatics 2-3 Swim Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 3-6) - PSA 3- Session 1 (9:45am-10:15am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. School-Age Class Descriptions:All School-Age aquatics classes are intended for children 6 and above(LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are three different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 1- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 1-2 Page Park Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes. (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions. Class Descriptions (LTS 1) Level 1: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules. (LTS 2) Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus. (LTS 3) Level 3: Stroke Development- Head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions and different kicks are taught. (LTS 4) Level 4: Stroke Improvement- Diving, surface diving, turns, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks are introduced. (LTS 5) Level 5: Stroke Refinement- Head first surface dives, flip turns and survival swimming are taught. All other skills are refined. (LTS 6) Level 6: There are two different sections: 1.Personal Water Safety- Focuses on endurance and safety in and around the water in addition to the core skills. 2. Fitness Swimmer- Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
 
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM    Summer Learn to Swim 2 Rockwell Pool (Weekdays) (Ages: 6-15) - LTS 2- Session 1 (10:30am-11:00am)
Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and contact the front desk 860-584-3837 with any questions. Pre-School Class Descriptions: All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 1 1/2 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities. (PCA 2) Parent & Child Aquatics 2: This class is for children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 3 years. This class expands on some skills learned in the first course, but adds some more difficult skills such as floating, submersion, and gliding. This course is recommended before PSA 1. (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continu